blob: b69e1fbcd6c3e9280595f4adb7ccd4c07b6885b2 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
Chris Lattnercb6a3822006-11-10 06:20:45 +000015#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar6e8aa532008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff021ca182008-05-29 21:12:08 +000019#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000020#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +000021#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000022#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000023#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
24#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000025#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner07d754a2008-10-26 23:43:26 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000027#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000028using namespace clang;
29
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +000030
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000031/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
32/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
33///
34/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
35/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
36/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
37/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
38/// function is being used.
39///
40/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
41/// referenced), false otherwise.
42bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000043 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000044 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000045 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
46 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
47 // construct.
Chris Lattner46d6b132009-02-16 19:35:30 +000048 bool isSilenced = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000049
Chris Lattner46d6b132009-02-16 19:35:30 +000050 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
51 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
52 // warn.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000053 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000054
Chris Lattner46d6b132009-02-16 19:35:30 +000055 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
56 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
57 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
58 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
59 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
60 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
61 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000062
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +000063 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattner46d6b132009-02-16 19:35:30 +000064 MD->isInstanceMethod());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000065 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Chris Lattner46d6b132009-02-16 19:35:30 +000066 }
67 }
68 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000069
Chris Lattner46d6b132009-02-16 19:35:30 +000070 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000071 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
72 }
73
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000074 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000075 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000076 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
77 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
78 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
79 return true;
80 }
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000081 }
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000082
83 // See if the decl is unavailable
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000084 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000085 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000086 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
87 }
88
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000089 return false;
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000090}
91
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000092/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000093/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000094/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
95///
96void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000097 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000098 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000099 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000100 return;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000101 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
102 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000103
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000104 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
105 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000106 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000107 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
108 int isMethod = 0;
109 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
110 // skip over named parameters.
111 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
112 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
113 if (nullPos)
114 --nullPos;
115 else
116 ++i;
117 }
118 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
119 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000120 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000121 // skip over named parameters.
122 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
123 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
124 if (nullPos)
125 --nullPos;
126 else
127 ++i;
128 }
129 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000130 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000131 // block or function pointer call.
132 QualType Ty = V->getType();
133 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000134 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000135 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
136 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000137 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
138 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
139 unsigned k;
140 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
141 if (nullPos)
142 --nullPos;
143 else
144 ++i;
145 }
146 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
147 }
148 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
149 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000150 } else
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000151 return;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000152 } else
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000153 return;
154
155 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000156 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000157 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000158 return;
159 }
160 int sentinel = i;
161 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
162 --sentinelPos;
163 ++i;
164 }
165 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
166 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000167 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000168 return;
169 }
170 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
171 ++i;
172 ++sentinel;
173 }
174 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
175 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000176 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
177 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000178 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000179 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000180 }
181 return;
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000182}
183
Douglas Gregor87f95b02009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000184SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
185 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
186 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
187}
188
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000189//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
190// Standard Promotions and Conversions
191//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
192
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000193/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
194void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
195 QualType Ty = E->getType();
196 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
197
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000198 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000199 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlsson6904f642009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000200 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000201 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
202 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
203 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
204 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
205 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
206 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
207 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9321c742008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000208 //
209 // C++ 4.2p1:
210 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
211 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
212 //
213 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
214 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson8fc489d2009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000215 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
216 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000217 }
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000218}
219
220/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000221/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000222/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
223/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
224/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
225Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
226 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
227 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000228
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000229 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
230 //
231 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
232 // unsigned int may be used:
233 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
234 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
235 // and unsigned int.
236 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
237 //
238 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
239 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
240 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
241 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000242 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
243 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
244 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy);
245 return Expr;
246 }
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000247 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000248 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
249 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT);
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000250 return Expr;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000251 }
252
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000253 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000254 return Expr;
255}
256
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000257/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000258/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000259/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
260void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
261 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
262 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000263
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000264 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000265 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000266 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
267 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000268
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000269 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
270}
271
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000272/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
273/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
274/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
275/// completely illegal.
276bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000277 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000278
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000279 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
280 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
281 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
282 << Expr->getType() << CT;
283 return true;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000284 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000285
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000286 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
287 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
288 << Expr->getType() << CT;
289
290 return false;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000291}
292
293
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000294/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
295/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000296/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000297/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
298/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
299/// GCC.
300QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
301 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000302 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000303 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000304
305 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000306
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000307 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000308 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000309 QualType lhs =
310 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000311 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000312 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000313
314 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
315 if (lhs == rhs)
316 return lhs;
317
318 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
319 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
320 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
321 return lhs;
322
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000323 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000324 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000325 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
326 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000327 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000328 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
329 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
330
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000331 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000332 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000333 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000334 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000335 return destType;
336}
337
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000338//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
339// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
340//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
341
342
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000343/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000344/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
345/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
346/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
347/// string.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000348///
349Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000350Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000351 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
352
Chris Lattner8a24e582009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000353 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Steve Naroff4f88b312007-03-13 22:37:02 +0000354 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000355 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000356
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +0000357 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000358 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
359 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000360
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000361 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscbad7252008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000362 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000363 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000364
365 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
366 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
367 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000368
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000369 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
370 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
371 // strings.
372 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerd42c29f2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000373 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000374 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000375
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000376 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000377 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattnerf83b5af2009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000378 Literal.GetStringLength(),
379 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
380 &StringTokLocs[0],
381 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000382}
383
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000384/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
385/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
386/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
387/// for values inside the block or for globals).
388///
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000389/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
390/// up-to-date.
391///
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000392static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
393 ValueDecl *VD) {
394 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
395 // we wanted to.
396 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
397 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000398
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000399 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
400 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
401 return false;
402
403 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
404 // snapshot it.
405 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
406 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000407 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
408 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000409
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000410 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
411 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
412
413 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
414 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
415 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
416 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
417 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
418 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
419 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
420 // having a reference outside it.
421 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
422 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000423
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000424 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
425 // a snapshot as well.
426 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
427 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000428
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000429 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000430}
431
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000432
433
Steve Naroff30d242c2007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000434/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Chris Lattnerac18be92006-11-20 06:49:47 +0000435/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroff157c4032008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000436/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000437/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argyrios Kyrtzidis16ac9be2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000438/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000439Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
440 IdentifierInfo &II,
441 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000442 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
443 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
444 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000445 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000446}
447
Douglas Gregorc7acfdf2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000448/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
449/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
450/// nested-name-specifier.
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000451Sema::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000452Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
453 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
454 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000455 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
456 Diag(Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000457 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000458 << D->getDeclName();
459 return ExprError();
460 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000461
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000462 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
463 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
464 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
465 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000466 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000467 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000468 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000469 << D->getIdentifier();
470 return ExprError();
471 }
472 }
473 }
474 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000475
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000476 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000477
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000478 Expr *E;
Douglas Gregor18353912009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000479 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000480 E = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000481 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregorc23500e2009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000482 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregor18353912009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000483 } else
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000484 E = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000485
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000486 return Owned(E);
Douglas Gregorc7acfdf2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000487}
488
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000489/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
490/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
491/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000492static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
493 RecordDecl *Record) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000494 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000495 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000496
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000497 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
498 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
499 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000500 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000501 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000502 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000503 D != DEnd; ++D) {
504 if (*D == Record) {
505 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
506 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
507 ++D;
508 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000509 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000510 return *D;
511 }
512 }
513
514 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
515 return 0;
516}
517
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000518/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
519/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
520/// actual member.
521///
522/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
523/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
524/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
525/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
526/// we found.
527///
528/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
529/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
530/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
531VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
532 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000533 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
534 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
535 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
536
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000537 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000538 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
539 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
540 do {
541 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000542 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000543 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000544 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000545 else {
546 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
547 break;
548 }
549 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000550 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000551 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000552
553 return BaseObject;
554}
555
556Sema::OwningExprResult
557Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
558 FieldDecl *Field,
559 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
560 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
561 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000562 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000563 AnonFields);
564
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000565 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
566 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
567 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
568 // found via name lookup.
569 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000570 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000571 if (BaseObject) {
572 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
573 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000574 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000575 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000576 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000577 SourceLocation());
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000578 BaseQuals
579 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000580 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
581 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
582 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
583 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
584 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000585 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000586 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
587 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
588 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000589 BaseQuals
590 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000591 } else {
592 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
593 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
594 // program our base object expression is "this".
595 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
596 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000597 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000598 = Context.getTagDeclType(
599 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
600 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000601 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000602 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
603 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
604 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000605 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000606 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000607 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
608 }
609 } else {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000610 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
611 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000612 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000613 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000614 }
615
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000616 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000617 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
618 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000619 }
620
621 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
622 // anonymous struct/union.
623 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000624 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000625 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
626 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
627 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
628 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000629 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
630 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
631
632 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
633 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
634 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
635 ResultQuals.removeConst();
636
637 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
638 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
639
640 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
641 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
642
643 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
644 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
645 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
646
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000647 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000648 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000649 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
650 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000651 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000652 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000653 }
654
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000655 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000656}
657
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000658/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
659/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
660/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
661/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
662/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
663/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
664/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
665/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
666/// forms.
667///
668/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
669/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
670/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
671/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregorb0846b02008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000672///
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000673/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
674/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
675/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
676/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000677Sema::OwningExprResult
678Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
679 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000680 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000681 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000682 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000683 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
684 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000685
686 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
687 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
688 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
689 // names a dependent type.
Douglas Gregor82dbbd72009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000690 // FIXME: Member of the current instantiation.
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000691 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregorf21eb492009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000692 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000693 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Anders Carlsson03f89b12009-07-09 00:05:08 +0000694 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()),
695 isAddressOfOperand));
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000696 }
697
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000698 LookupResult Lookup;
699 LookupParsedName(Lookup, S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName, false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000700
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000701 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
702 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
703 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
704 : SourceRange());
705 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000706 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000707
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000708 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsSingleDecl(Context);
Douglas Gregorb0846b02008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000709
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000710 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
711 // well.
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000712 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
713 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000714 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
715 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000716 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
717 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000718 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000719 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis853fbea2008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000720 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000721 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000722 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner50afe312009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000723 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000724 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
725 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000726
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000727 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
728 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
729 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
730 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000731
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000732 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
733 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
734 // an error.
735 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
736 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
737 << IV->getDeclName());
738 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
739 // same name exists, use the global.
740 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000741 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
742 ClassDeclared != IFace)
743 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000744 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
745 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000746 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
Argyrios Kyrtzidise1a8c622009-07-18 08:49:37 +0000747 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, SourceLocation(),
748 II, false);
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000749 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000750 return Owned(new (Context)
751 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000752 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000753 }
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000754 }
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000755 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000756 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
757 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000758 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000759 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000760 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
761 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000762 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000763 }
Fariborz Jahanianbf8e8422009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000764 }
Steve Naroff0d7c6db2008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000765 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000766 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffe29c4dd2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000767 QualType T;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000768
Steve Naroffe29c4dd2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000769 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000770 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
771 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
Steve Naroffe29c4dd2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000772 else
773 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000774 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroffebf4cb42008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000775 }
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000776 }
Douglas Gregorf15f5d32009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000777
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000778 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
779 // argument-dependent lookup.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000780 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000781 HasTrailingLParen;
782
783 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregorf15f5d32009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000784 // We've seen something of the form
785 //
786 // identifier(
787 //
788 // and we did not find any entity by the name
789 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
790 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
791 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
792 Context.OverloadTy,
793 Loc));
794 }
795
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +0000796 if (D == 0) {
Bill Wendling4073ed52007-02-13 01:51:42 +0000797 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
Chris Lattner9561a0b2007-01-28 08:20:04 +0000798 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000799 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000800 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000801 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +0000802 else {
Chris Lattnerac18be92006-11-20 06:49:47 +0000803 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
804 // diagnose the problem.
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +0000805 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
806 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_no_member)
807 << Name << computeDeclContext(*SS, false)
808 << SS->getRange());
809 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000810 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000811 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
812 << Name.getAsString());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis16ac9be2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000813 else
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000814 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +0000815 }
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +0000816 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000817
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000818 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
819 // Warn about constructs like:
820 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
821 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000822
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000823 // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope
824 // information to check this property.
825 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
826 Scope *CheckS = S;
827 while (CheckS) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000828 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000829 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
830 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
831 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
832 << Var->getDeclName());
833 else
834 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
835 << Var->getDeclName());
836 break;
837 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000838
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000839 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
840 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
841 if (CheckS)
842 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
843 }
844 }
845 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
846 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
847 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
848 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
849 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
850 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
851 // type.
852 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, Loc))
853 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000854
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000855 QualType T = Func->getType();
856 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000857 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000858 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
859 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS);
860 }
861 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000862
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000863 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(Loc, D, HasTrailingLParen, SS, isAddressOfOperand);
864}
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000865/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000866bool
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000867Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
868 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000869 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000870 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000871 QualType DestType =
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000872 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000873 if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType())
874 return false;
875 QualType FromRecordType = From->getType();
876 QualType DestRecordType = DestType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000877 if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000878 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
879 FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000880 }
Fariborz Jahanian4b12ed12009-07-29 20:41:46 +0000881 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) &&
882 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
883 DestRecordType,
884 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
885 From->getSourceRange()))
886 return true;
Anders Carlssona076d142009-07-31 01:23:52 +0000887 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
888 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000889 }
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +0000890 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +0000891}
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000892
Douglas Gregorf405d7e2009-08-31 23:41:50 +0000893/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000894static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
895 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, NamedDecl *Member,
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000896 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty) {
897 if (SS && SS->isSet())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000898 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow,
Douglas Gregorf405d7e2009-08-31 23:41:50 +0000899 (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000900 SS->getRange(), Member, Loc,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +0000901 // FIXME: Explicit template argument lists
902 false, SourceLocation(), 0, 0, SourceLocation(),
903 Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000904
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000905 return new (C) MemberExpr(Base, isArrow, Member, Loc, Ty);
906}
907
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000908/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
909Sema::OwningExprResult
910Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
911 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000912 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000913 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
914 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
915 DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000916
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000917 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
918 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
919 // not any specific instance's member.
920 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000921 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor2ada0482009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000922 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000923 QualType DType;
924 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
925 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
926 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
927 DType = Method->getType();
928 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
929 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
930 }
931 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
932 if (!DType.isNull()) {
933 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
934 // dependent.
Douglas Gregor82dbbd72009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000935 bool Dependent = DC->isDependentContext();
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000936 return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS);
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000937 }
938 }
939 }
940
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000941 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
942 // (C++ [class.union]).
943 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
944 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
945 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000946
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000947 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
948 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000949 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000950 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
951 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
952 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
953 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
954 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
955 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
956 QualType MemberType;
957 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
958 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
959 MemberType = FD->getType();
960
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000961 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000962 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000963 else if (!FD->isMutable())
964 MemberType
965 = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType,
966 Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers()));
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000967 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
968 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
969 Ctx = Method->getParent();
970 MemberType = Method->getType();
971 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000972 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000973 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000974 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000975 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000976 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000977 Ctx = Method->getParent();
978 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
979 }
980 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000981 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000982 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000983 // FIXME: We need an abstraction for iterating over one or more function
984 // templates or functions. This code is far too repetitive!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000985 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000986 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
987 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
988 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000989 CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000990 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +0000991 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Func))
992 DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl());
993 else
994 DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func);
995
996 if (DMethod && !DMethod->isStatic()) {
997 Ctx = DMethod->getDeclContext();
998 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
999 break;
1000 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001001 }
1002 }
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001003
1004 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001005 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
1006 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001007 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001008 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
1009 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
1010 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001011 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001012 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001013 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001014 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(This, D))
1015 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00001016
Anders Carlsson99056f22009-09-11 05:54:14 +00001017 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
1018 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1019 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
1020 // explicitly qualified.
1021 if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet()))
1022 ShouldCheckUse = false;
1023 }
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00001024
Anders Carlsson99056f22009-09-11 05:54:14 +00001025 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(D, Loc))
Anders Carlsson21776b72009-08-08 16:55:18 +00001026 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00001027 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, This, true, SS, D,
1028 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001029 }
1030 }
1031 }
1032 }
1033
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001034 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001035 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1036 if (MD->isStatic())
1037 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001038 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
1039 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001040 }
1041
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001042 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
1043 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
1044 // above.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001045 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
1046 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidised983422008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001047 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001048
Steve Naroff46ba1eb2007-04-03 23:13:13 +00001049 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001050 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00001051 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001052 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis08114892008-04-27 13:50:30 +00001053 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001054 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001055
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001056 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001057 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001058 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1059 false, false, SS);
Douglas Gregord32e0282009-02-09 23:23:08 +00001060 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001061 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1062 false, false, SS);
Anders Carlsson938b1002009-08-29 01:06:32 +00001063 else if (UnresolvedUsingDecl *UD = dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingDecl>(D))
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001064 return BuildDeclRefExpr(UD, Context.DependentTy, Loc,
1065 /*TypeDependent=*/true,
Anders Carlsson938b1002009-08-29 01:06:32 +00001066 /*ValueDependent=*/true, SS);
1067
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001068 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001069
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001070 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1071 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1072 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1073 // that overload resolution actually selects.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001074 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001075 HasTrailingLParen;
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001076 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
1077 return ExprError();
1078
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001079 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1080 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001081 return ExprError();
1082
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001083 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1084 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1085 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1086 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001087 //
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001088 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1089 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1090 //
1091 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001092 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001093 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001094 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001095 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001096 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001097 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1098 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001099 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001100
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001101 ExprTy.addConst();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001102 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001103 constAdded));
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001104 }
1105 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1106 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001107
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001108 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001109 bool ValueDependent = false;
1110 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1111 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001112 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001113 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1114 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1115 TypeDependent = true;
1116 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1117 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1118 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1119 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1120 TypeDependent = true;
1121 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1122 // names a dependent type.
1123 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001124 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001125 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1126 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001127 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001128 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1129 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1130 TypeDependent = true;
1131 break;
1132 }
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001133 }
1134 }
1135 }
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001136
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001137 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1138 //
1139 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1140 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1141 if (TypeDependent)
1142 ValueDependent = true;
1143 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1144 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1145 ValueDependent = true;
1146 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1147 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
Eli Friedmandd49ee32009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001148 else if (const VarDecl *Dcl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001149 if (Dcl->getType().getCVRQualifiers() == Qualifiers::Const &&
Eli Friedmandd49ee32009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001150 Dcl->getInit()) {
1151 ValueDependent = Dcl->getInit()->isValueDependent();
1152 }
1153 }
Douglas Gregor872ffce2008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001154 }
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001155
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001156 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1157 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS);
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +00001158}
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001159
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001160Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1161 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001162 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001163
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001164 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001165 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001166 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1167 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1168 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001169 }
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001170
Chris Lattnera81a0272008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001171 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1172 // string.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001173
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001174 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1175 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001176 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001177 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001178 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001179
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001180 QualType ResTy;
1181 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1182 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1183 } else {
1184 unsigned Length =
1185 PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(Context, IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001186
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001187 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001188 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001189 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1190 }
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001191 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001192}
1193
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001194Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001195 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001196 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1197 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1198 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001199
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001200 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1201 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1202 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001203 return ExprError();
Chris Lattneref24b382008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001204
1205 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1206
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001207 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1208 Literal.isWide(),
1209 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001210}
1211
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001212Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1213 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001214 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1215 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner9240b3e2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001216 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerc4c18192009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001217 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001218 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff5faaef72009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001219 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001220 }
Ted Kremeneke9814182009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001221
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001222 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattnera1cf5f92008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001223 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1224 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001225 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001226
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001227 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001228 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001229
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001230 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Steve Naroff451d8f162007-03-12 23:22:38 +00001231 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001232 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001233 return ExprError();
1234
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001235 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001236
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001237 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001238 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001239 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001240 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001241 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001242 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001243 else
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001244 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001245
1246 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1247
Ted Kremenek3a2c9502007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001248 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1249 bool isExact = false;
Chris Lattnere4edb8e2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001250 llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact);
1251 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001252
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001253 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001254 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001255 } else {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001256 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001257
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001258 // long long is a C99 feature.
1259 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth4a1ee052007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001260 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001261 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1262
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001263 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001264 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001265
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001266 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1267 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1268 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001269 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1270 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001271 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001272 } else {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001273 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1274 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001275
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001276 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1277 // be an unsigned int.
1278 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1279
1280 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001281 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner7b939cf2007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001282 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1283 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001284 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001285
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001286 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1287 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1288 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1289 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001290 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001291 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001292 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001293 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001294 }
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001295 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001296
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001297 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001298 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001299 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001300
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001301 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1302 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1303 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1304 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001305 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001306 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001307 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001308 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001309 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001310 }
1311
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001312 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001313 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001314 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001315
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001316 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1317 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1318 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1319 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001320 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001321 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001322 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001323 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001324 }
1325 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001326
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001327 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1328 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001329 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001330 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001331 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001332 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001333 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001334
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001335 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1336 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001337 }
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001338 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001339 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001340
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001341 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1342 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001343 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001344 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001345
1346 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001347}
1348
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001349Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1350 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001351 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001352 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001353 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001354}
1355
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00001356/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00001357/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001358bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001359 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1360 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1361 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001362 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1363 return false;
1364
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001365 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001366 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001367 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001368 if (isSizeof)
1369 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1370 return false;
1371 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001372
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001373 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001374 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001375 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1376 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001377 return false;
1378 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001379
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001380 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001381 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001382 PDiag(diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type)
1383 << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001384 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001385
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001386 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanian1dcb3222009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001387 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001388 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001389 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1390 return true;
Chris Lattner37920f52009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001391 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001392
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001393 return false;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001394}
1395
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001396bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1397 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1398 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001399
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001400 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001401 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1402 return false;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001403
1404 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1405 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1406 return false;
1407
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001408 if (E->getBitField()) {
1409 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1410 return true;
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001411 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001412
1413 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1414 // bit-field.
1415 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001416 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001417 return false;
1418
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001419 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1420}
1421
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001422/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001423Action::OwningExprResult
1424Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001425 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1426 if (T.isNull())
1427 return ExprError();
1428
1429 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1430 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1431 return ExprError();
1432
1433 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1434 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1435 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1436 R.getEnd()));
1437}
1438
1439/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1440/// operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001441Action::OwningExprResult
1442Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001443 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1444 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1445 bool isInvalid = false;
1446 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1447 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1448 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1449 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001450 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001451 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1452 isInvalid = true;
1453 } else {
1454 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1455 }
1456
1457 if (isInvalid)
1458 return ExprError();
1459
1460 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1461 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1462 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1463 R.getEnd()));
1464}
1465
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001466/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1467/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1468/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001469Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001470Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1471 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner0d8b1a12006-11-20 04:34:45 +00001472 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001473 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001474
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001475 if (isType) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00001476 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
1477 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx);
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001478 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001479 }
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001480
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001481 // Get the end location.
1482 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1483 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1484 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1485
1486 if (Result.isInvalid())
1487 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1488
1489 return move(Result);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001490}
1491
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001492QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001493 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1494 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001495
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001496 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001497 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001498 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001499
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001500 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1501 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1502 return V->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001503
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001504 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001505 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1506 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001507 return QualType();
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001508}
1509
1510
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001511
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001512Action::OwningExprResult
1513Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1514 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001515 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1516 Input = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Input));
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001517 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001518
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001519 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1520 switch (Kind) {
1521 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1522 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1523 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1524 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001525
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001526 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1527 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1528 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001529 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001530 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1531
1532 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1533 //
1534 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1535 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1536 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1537 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1538 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1539 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1540 // argument will have value zero.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001541 Expr *Args[2] = {
1542 Arg,
1543 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001544 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001545 };
1546
1547 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1548 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001549 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001550
1551 // Perform overload resolution.
1552 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001553 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001554 case OR_Success: {
1555 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1556 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1557
1558 if (FnDecl) {
1559 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1560 // operator.
1561
1562 // Convert the arguments.
1563 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1564 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001565 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001566 } else {
1567 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001568 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001569 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1570 "passing"))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001571 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001572 }
1573
1574 // Determine the result type
Anders Carlsson3d5829c2009-10-13 21:49:31 +00001575 QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001576
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001577 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001578 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump82191d02009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001579 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001580 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1581
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001582 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor2517f332009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001583 Args[0] = Arg;
Anders Carlsson3d5829c2009-10-13 21:49:31 +00001584
1585 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
1586 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp,
1587 FnExpr, Args, 2,
1588 ResultTy, OpLoc));
1589
1590 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
1591 FnDecl))
1592 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson834facc2009-10-13 22:22:09 +00001593 return Owned(TheCall.release());
1594
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001595 } else {
1596 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1597 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1598 // operator node.
1599 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1600 "passing"))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001601 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001602
1603 break;
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001604 }
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001605 }
1606
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00001607 case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
1608 // No viable function; try checking this as a built-in operator, which
1609 // will fail and provide a diagnostic. Then, print the overload
1610 // candidates.
1611 OwningExprResult Result = CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
1612 assert(Result.isInvalid() &&
1613 "C++ postfix-unary operator overloading is missing candidates!");
1614 if (Result.isInvalid())
1615 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
1616
1617 return move(Result);
1618 }
1619
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001620 case OR_Ambiguous:
1621 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1622 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1623 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1624 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001625 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001626
1627 case OR_Deleted:
1628 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1629 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1630 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1631 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1632 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1633 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001634 }
1635
1636 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1637 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1638 // build a built-in operation.
1639 }
1640
Eli Friedmanf32f0a72009-07-22 23:24:42 +00001641 Input.release();
1642 Input = Arg;
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00001643 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001644}
1645
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001646Action::OwningExprResult
1647Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1648 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001649 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
1650 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
1651
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001652 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1653 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001654
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001655 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor7a77a6b2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001656 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1657 Base.release();
1658 Idx.release();
1659 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1660 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1661 }
1662
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001663 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001664 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman254a1a22008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001665 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1666 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1667 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001668 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001669 // to the candidate set.
1670 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1671 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001672 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1673 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001674
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001675 // Perform overload resolution.
1676 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001677 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, LLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001678 case OR_Success: {
1679 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1680 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1681
1682 if (FnDecl) {
1683 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1684 // operator.
1685
1686 // Convert the arguments.
1687 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1688 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001689 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001690 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1691 "passing"))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001692 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001693 } else {
1694 // Convert the arguments.
1695 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1696 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1697 "passing") ||
1698 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1699 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1700 "passing"))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001701 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001702 }
1703
1704 // Determine the result type
Anders Carlsson834facc2009-10-13 22:22:09 +00001705 QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001706
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001707 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001708 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1709 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001710 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1711
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001712 Base.release();
1713 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregor2517f332009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001714 Args[0] = LHSExp;
1715 Args[1] = RHSExp;
Anders Carlsson834facc2009-10-13 22:22:09 +00001716
1717 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
1718 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1719 FnExpr, Args, 2,
1720 ResultTy, RLoc));
1721 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), LLoc, TheCall.get(),
1722 FnDecl))
1723 return ExprError();
1724
1725 return Owned(TheCall.release());
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001726 } else {
1727 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1728 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1729 // operator node.
1730 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1731 "passing") ||
1732 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1733 "passing"))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001734 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001735
1736 break;
1737 }
1738 }
1739
1740 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1741 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1742 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1743 break;
1744
1745 case OR_Ambiguous:
1746 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1747 << "[]"
1748 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1749 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001750 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001751
1752 case OR_Deleted:
1753 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1754 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1755 << "[]"
1756 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1757 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1758 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001759 }
1760
1761 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1762 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1763 // build a built-in operation.
1764 }
1765
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001766 // Perform default conversions.
1767 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1768 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001769
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001770 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001771
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00001772 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001773 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001774 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001775 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001776 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1777 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001778 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1779 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1780 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1781 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001782 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001783 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1784 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001785 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001786 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattneraee0cfd2007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001787 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001788 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1789 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001790 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001791 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001792 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001793 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1794 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1795 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001796 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001797 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001798 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1799 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1800 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1801 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001802 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattner41977962007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001803 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001804 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begemanc1bf0612009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001805
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001806 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1807 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001808 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1809 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1810 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1811 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1812 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1813 // force the promotion here.
1814 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1815 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
1816 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy));
1817 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1818
1819 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1820 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001821 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001822 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1823 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1824 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1825 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1826 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy));
1827 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1828
1829 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1830 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001831 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffb3096442007-06-09 03:47:53 +00001832 } else {
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001833 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1834 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001835 }
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00001836 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00001837 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
1838 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001839 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1840 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffb29cdd52007-07-10 18:23:31 +00001841
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00001842 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinigb7608d72009-09-14 20:14:57 +00001843 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
1844 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig914244e2009-09-14 01:58:58 +00001845 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
1846
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001847 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001848 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1849 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001850 // incomplete types are not object types.
1851 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1852 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1853 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1854 return ExprError();
1855 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001856
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001857 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001858 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001859 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
1860 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001861 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001862
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001863 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1864 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1865 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1866 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1867 return ExprError();
1868 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001869
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001870 Base.release();
1871 Idx.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001872 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001873 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001874}
1875
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001876QualType Sema::
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001877CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001878 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001879 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001880 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001881
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001882 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001883 const char *compStr = CompName->getName();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001884
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001885 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001886 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1887 // to be selected.
1888 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001889
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001890 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1891 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman0359e122009-06-25 21:06:09 +00001892 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001893
1894 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1895 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001896 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001897 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1898 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001899 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001900 do
1901 compStr++;
1902 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001903 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001904 do
1905 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001906 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001907 }
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001908
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001909 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001910 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1911 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001912 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1913 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001914 return QualType();
1915 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001916
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001917 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1918 // operates on.
1919 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001920 compStr = CompName->getName();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001921
1922 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001923 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001924
1925 while (*compStr) {
1926 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1927 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1928 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1929 return QualType();
1930 }
1931 }
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001932 }
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001933
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001934 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1935 // number of elements.
1936 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001937 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001938 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001939 return QualType();
1940 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001941
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001942 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001943 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001944 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001945 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001946 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001947 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001948 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001949 if (HexSwizzle)
1950 CompSize--;
1951
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001952 if (CompSize == 1)
1953 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001954
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001955 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001956 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001957 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1958 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1959 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1960 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffddf5a1d2007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001961 }
1962 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001963}
1964
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001965static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001966 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001967 const Selector &Sel,
1968 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001969
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001970 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001971 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001972 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001973 return OMD;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001974
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001975 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1976 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001977 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001978 Context))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001979 return D;
1980 }
1981 return 0;
1982}
1983
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001984static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001985 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001986 const Selector &Sel,
1987 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001988 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1989 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001990 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001991 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00001992 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001993 GDecl = PD;
1994 break;
1995 }
1996 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001997 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001998 GDecl = OMD;
1999 break;
2000 }
2001 }
2002 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002003 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002004 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2005 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002006 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002007 if (GDecl)
2008 return GDecl;
2009 }
2010 }
2011 return GDecl;
2012}
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002013
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002014Action::OwningExprResult
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002015Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002016 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002017 DeclarationName MemberName,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002018 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2019 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
2020 const TemplateArgument *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2021 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2022 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002023 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl, const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2024 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope) {
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002025 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
2026 return ExprError();
2027
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002028 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2029 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
2030
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002031 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002032 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002033
Steve Naroffeaaae462007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002034 // Perform default conversions.
2035 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002036
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002037 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002038 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2039 // use that.
2040 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
2041 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2042 // is a reference to 'isa'.
2043 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
2044 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
2045 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType);
2046 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002047 }
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002048 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002049
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002050 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
2051 if (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
2052 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2053 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2054 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
2055 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
2056 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2057 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
2058 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
2059 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
2060 // Check the use of this method.
2061 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2062 return ExprError();
2063 }
2064 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2065 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2066 Selector SetterSel =
2067 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2068 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
2069 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2070 if (!Setter) {
2071 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2072 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002073 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002074 }
2075 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2076 if (!Setter)
2077 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
2078
2079 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2080 return ExprError();
2081
2082 if (Getter || Setter) {
2083 QualType PType;
2084
2085 if (Getter)
2086 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2087 else
2088 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2089 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
2090 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2091 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
2092 PType,
2093 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2094 }
2095 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2096 << MemberName << BaseType);
2097 }
2098 }
2099
2100 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
2101 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
2102 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
2103 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType);
2104 }
2105
Chris Lattner4befd732008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002106 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2107 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00002108 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002109 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
2110 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
2111 if (SS) {
2112 Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep());
2113 if (!FirstQualifierInScope)
2114 FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier);
2115 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002116
2117 return Owned(CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, true,
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002118 OpLoc, Qualifier,
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002119 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002120 FirstQualifierInScope,
2121 MemberName,
2122 MemberLoc,
2123 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2124 LAngleLoc,
2125 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2126 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2127 RAngleLoc));
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002128 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002129 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002130 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002131 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2132 ;
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002133 else
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002134 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2135 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2136 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002137 } else if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002138 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002139 // (so we'll report an error for)
2140 // T* t;
2141 // t.f;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002142 //
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002143 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2144 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2145 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002146 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002147
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002148 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002149 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
2150 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
2151 if (SS) {
2152 Qualifier = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep());
2153 if (!FirstQualifierInScope)
2154 FirstQualifierInScope = FindFirstQualifierInScope(S, Qualifier);
2155 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002156
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002157 return Owned(CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002158 BaseExpr, false,
2159 OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002160 Qualifier,
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002161 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00002162 FirstQualifierInScope,
2163 MemberName,
2164 MemberLoc,
2165 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2166 LAngleLoc,
2167 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2168 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2169 RAngleLoc));
Douglas Gregor2b6ca462009-09-03 21:38:09 +00002170 }
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002171 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002172
Chris Lattner4befd732008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002173 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
2174 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002175 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002176 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002177 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002178 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2179 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002180 return ExprError();
2181
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002182 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
2183 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
2184 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2185 // nested-name-specifier.
2186 DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002187
2188 // FIXME: If DC is not computable, we should build a
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002189 // CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr.
2190 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
2191 }
2192
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002193 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002194 LookupResult Result;
2195 LookupQualifiedName(Result, DC, MemberName, LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002196
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002197 if (Result.empty())
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +00002198 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_no_member)
2199 << MemberName << DC << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002200 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002201 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, MemberName, MemberLoc,
2202 BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002203 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002204 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002205
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002206 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result.getAsSingleDecl(Context);
2207
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002208 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002209 TypeDecl* TyD = cast<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002210 QualType BaseTypeCanon
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002211 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002212 QualType MemberTypeCanon
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002213 = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(TyD));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002214
Douglas Gregorc26e0f62009-09-03 16:14:30 +00002215 if (BaseTypeCanon != MemberTypeCanon &&
2216 !IsDerivedFrom(BaseTypeCanon, MemberTypeCanon))
2217 return ExprError(Diag(SS->getBeginLoc(),
2218 diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
2219 << MemberTypeCanon << BaseTypeCanon);
2220 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002221
Chris Lattner303284a2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002222 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2223 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2224 // error cases.
2225 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2226 return ExprError();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002227
Anders Carlsson04e1e222009-09-10 20:48:14 +00002228 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
2229 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2230 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
2231 // explicitly qualified.
2232 if (MD->isVirtual() && (!SS || !SS->isSet()))
2233 ShouldCheckUse = false;
2234 }
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00002235
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002236 // Check the use of this field
Anders Carlsson04e1e222009-09-10 20:48:14 +00002237 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002238 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner303284a2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002239
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002240 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002241 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2242 // (C++ [class.union]).
2243 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002244 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002245 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002246
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002247 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002248 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002249 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002250 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2251 else {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002252 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2253 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2254 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2255
2256 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2257 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2258
2259 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2260 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2261 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002262 }
Eli Friedman1242fff2008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002263
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002264 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00002265 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD))
2266 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002267 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002268 FD, MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002269 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002270
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002271 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2272 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002273 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2274 Var, MemberLoc,
2275 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002276 }
2277 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2278 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002279 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2280 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2281 MemberFn->getType()));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002282 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002283 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002284 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2285 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002286
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002287 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002288 return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2289 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002290 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002291 FunTmpl, MemberLoc, true,
2292 LAngleLoc, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2293 NumExplicitTemplateArgs, RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002294 Context.OverloadTy));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002295
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002296 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2297 FunTmpl, MemberLoc,
2298 Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002299 }
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002300 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002301 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2302 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002303 return Owned(MemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2304 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002305 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002306 Ovl, MemberLoc, true,
2307 LAngleLoc, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2308 NumExplicitTemplateArgs, RAngleLoc,
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002309 Context.OverloadTy));
2310
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002311 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2312 Ovl, MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00002313 }
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002314 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2315 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00002316 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, SS,
2317 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002318 }
Chris Lattnerfe4847e2009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002319 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002320 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002321 << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman1242fff2008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002322
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002323 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2324 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2325 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002326 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2327 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002328 << MemberName << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002329 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002330
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002331 // Handle pseudo-destructors (C++ [expr.pseudo]). Since anything referring
2332 // into a record type was handled above, any destructor we see here is a
2333 // pseudo-destructor.
2334 if (MemberName.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
2335 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002336 // The left hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
2337 // left hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002338 // type.
2339 if (!BaseType->isScalarType())
2340 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
2341 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002342
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002343 // [...] The type designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the
2344 // same as the object type.
2345 if (!MemberName.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() &&
2346 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(BaseType, MemberName.getCXXNameType()))
2347 return Owned(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
2348 << BaseType << MemberName.getCXXNameType()
2349 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(MemberLoc));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002350
2351 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002352 // the form
2353 //
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002354 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ̃ type-name
2355 //
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002356 // shall designate the same scalar type.
2357 //
2358 // FIXME: DPG can't see any way to trigger this particular clause, so it
2359 // isn't checked here.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002360
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002361 // FIXME: We've lost the precise spelling of the type by going through
2362 // DeclarationName. Can we do better?
2363 return Owned(new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, BaseExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002364 OpKind == tok::arrow,
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002365 OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002366 (NestedNameSpecifier *)(SS? SS->getScopeRep() : 0),
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002367 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
2368 MemberName.getCXXNameType(),
2369 MemberLoc));
2370 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002371
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002372 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2373 // (*Obj).ivar.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002374 if ((OpKind == tok::arrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2375 (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002376 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002377 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002378 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002379 if (IFaceT) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002380 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2381
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002382 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2383 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002384 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002385
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002386 if (IV) {
2387 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2388 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2389 // error cases.
2390 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2391 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002392
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002393 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2394 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2395 return ExprError();
2396 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2397 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2398 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2399 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2400 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2401 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2402 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2403 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2404 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2405 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2406 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2407 // AST for a function decl.
2408 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002409 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002410 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2411 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2412 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2413 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2414 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2415 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002416
2417 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2418 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002419 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002420 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002421 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00002422 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2423 // @protected
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002424 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002425 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffd1b64be2009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002426 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002427
2428 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2429 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
2430 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002431 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002432 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002433 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002434 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianb1378f92008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002435 }
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002436 }
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002437 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002438 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002439 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002440 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002441 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002442
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002443 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002444 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002445 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2446 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2447 // Check the use of this declaration
2448 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2449 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002450
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002451 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2452 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2453 }
2454 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2455 // Check the use of this method.
2456 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2457 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002458
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002459 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002460 OMD->getResultType(),
2461 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002462 NULL, 0));
2463 }
2464 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002465
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002466 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002467 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002468 }
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002469 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2470 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002471 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002472 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002473 (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
2474 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2475 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002476 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002477
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002478 // Search for a declared property first.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002479 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002480 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2481 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2482 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002483 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002484 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002485 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianfe9e3942009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002486 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2487 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanianb2ab73d2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002488 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002489 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2490 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002491 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00002492 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2493 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002494 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002495 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2496 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2497 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002498
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002499 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner43df5562009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002500 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2501 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002502 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2503 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002504 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002505 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2506 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2507 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002508
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002509 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2510 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2511 }
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002512 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2513 // selector is implemented.
2514
2515 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2516 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2517
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002518 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002519 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002520
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002521 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2522 if (!Getter)
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002523 Getter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002524
Steve Naroff1df62692008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002525 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002526 if (!Getter)
2527 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbaref89086c2008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002528 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002529 // Check if we can reference this property.
2530 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2531 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002532 }
2533 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2534 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002535 Selector SetterSel =
2536 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002537 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002538 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002539 if (!Setter) {
2540 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2541 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002542 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002543 }
2544 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1559d67b2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002545 if (!Setter)
2546 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002547
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002548 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2549 return ExprError();
2550
2551 if (Getter || Setter) {
2552 QualType PType;
2553
2554 if (Getter)
2555 PType = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian88cc2342009-08-18 20:50:23 +00002556 else
2557 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2558 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002559 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Fariborz Jahanian9a846652009-08-20 17:02:02 +00002560 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter, PType,
Steve Naroff1d984fe2009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002561 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2562 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002563 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002564 << MemberName << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian21f54ee2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002565 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002566
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002567 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002568 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002569 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002570 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002571 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
2572 Context.getObjCIdType()));
2573
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002574 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner6c7ce102009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002575 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002576 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002577 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2578 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002579 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002580 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002581 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002582 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002583
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002584 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2585 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2586
2587 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2588 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2589 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002590 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002591 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002592 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002593 BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->isFunctionType())) {
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002594 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2595 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2596 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2597 }
2598
2599 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002600}
2601
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002602Action::OwningExprResult
2603Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2604 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
2605 IdentifierInfo &Member,
2606 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl, const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002607 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(S, move(Base), OpLoc, OpKind, MemberLoc,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002608 DeclarationName(&Member), ObjCImpDecl, SS);
2609}
2610
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002611Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
2612 FunctionDecl *FD,
2613 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
2614 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2615 Diag (CallLoc,
2616 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2617 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002618 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002619 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
2620 } else {
2621 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
2622 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
2623
2624 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002625 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD);
Anders Carlsson657bad42009-09-05 05:14:19 +00002626
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002627 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
2628 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00002629 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002630
John McCall76d824f2009-08-25 22:02:44 +00002631 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002632 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002633 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002634
2635 if (SetParamDefaultArgument(Param, move(Result),
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002636 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/
2637 UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin()))
2638 return ExprError();
2639 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002640
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002641 Expr *DefaultExpr = Param->getDefaultArg();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002642
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002643 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2644 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2645 // be properly destroyed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002646 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002647 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002648 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002649 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2650 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2651 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2652 }
2653 }
2654
2655 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
2656 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, Param));
2657}
2658
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002659/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2660/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2661/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2662/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2663/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2664/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002665bool
2666Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002667 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002668 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002669 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2670 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002671 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002672 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2673 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2674 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002675 bool Invalid = false;
2676
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002677 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2678 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2679 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2680 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2681 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2682 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2683 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2684 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002685 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002686 }
2687
2688 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2689 // them.
2690 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2691 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2692 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2693 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2694 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2695 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2696 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2697 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002698 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002699 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002700 }
2701 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2702 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002703
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002704 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2705 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2706 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002707
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002708 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002709 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002710 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002711
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002712 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2713 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002714 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
2715 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002716 return true;
2717
Douglas Gregor58354032008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002718 // Pass the argument.
2719 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2720 return true;
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002721 } else {
Anders Carlssonc80a1272009-08-25 02:29:20 +00002722 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002723
2724 OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002725 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2726 FDecl, Param);
2727 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
2728 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002729
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00002730 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002731 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002732
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002733 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2734 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002735
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002736 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2737 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002738 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2739 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2740 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2741 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2742 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2743
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002744 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2745 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2746 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002747 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002748 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2749 }
2750 }
2751
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002752 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002753}
2754
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002755/// \brief "Deconstruct" the function argument of a call expression to find
2756/// the underlying declaration (if any), the name of the called function,
2757/// whether argument-dependent lookup is available, whether it has explicit
2758/// template arguments, etc.
2759void Sema::DeconstructCallFunction(Expr *FnExpr,
2760 NamedDecl *&Function,
2761 DeclarationName &Name,
2762 NestedNameSpecifier *&Qualifier,
2763 SourceRange &QualifierRange,
2764 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup,
2765 bool &HasExplicitTemplateArguments,
2766 const TemplateArgument *&ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2767 unsigned &NumExplicitTemplateArgs) {
2768 // Set defaults for all of the output parameters.
2769 Function = 0;
2770 Name = DeclarationName();
2771 Qualifier = 0;
2772 QualifierRange = SourceRange();
2773 ArgumentDependentLookup = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus;
2774 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = false;
2775
2776 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
2777 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
2778 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
2779 while (true) {
2780 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2781 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2782 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2783 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
2784 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2785 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2786 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2787 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
2788 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
2789 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2790 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
2791 } else if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
2792 = dyn_cast<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2793 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2794 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2795 Qualifier = QDRExpr->getQualifier();
2796 QualifierRange = QDRExpr->getQualifierRange();
2797 Function = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(QDRExpr->getDecl());
2798 break;
2799 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2800 Function = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
2801 break;
2802 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
2803 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2804 Name = DepName->getName();
2805 break;
2806 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TemplateIdRef
2807 = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2808 Function = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
2809 if (!Function)
2810 Function = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl();
2811 HasExplicitTemplateArguments = true;
2812 ExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateArgs();
2813 NumExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getNumTemplateArgs();
2814
2815 // C++ [temp.arg.explicit]p6:
2816 // [Note: For simple function names, argument dependent lookup (3.4.2)
2817 // applies even when the function name is not visible within the
2818 // scope of the call. This is because the call still has the syntactic
2819 // form of a function call (3.4.1). But when a function template with
2820 // explicit template arguments is used, the call does not have the
2821 // correct syntactic form unless there is a function template with
2822 // that name visible at the point of the call. If no such name is
2823 // visible, the call is not syntactically well-formed and
2824 // argument-dependent lookup does not apply. If some such name is
2825 // visible, argument dependent lookup applies and additional function
2826 // templates may be found in other namespaces.
2827 //
2828 // The summary of this paragraph is that, if we get to this point and the
2829 // template-id was not a qualified name, then argument-dependent lookup
2830 // is still possible.
2831 if ((Qualifier = TemplateIdRef->getQualifier())) {
2832 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2833 QualifierRange = TemplateIdRef->getQualifierRange();
2834 }
2835 break;
2836 } else {
2837 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2838 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2839 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
2840 break;
2841 }
2842 }
2843}
2844
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002845/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002846/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2847/// locations.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002848Action::OwningExprResult
2849Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2850 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002851 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002852 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002853
2854 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2855 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002856
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002857 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002858 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner38dbdb22007-07-21 03:03:59 +00002859 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002860 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002861 NamedDecl *NDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002862 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002863
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002864 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002865 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
2866 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
2867 if (NumArgs > 0) {
2868 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
2869 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
2870 << CodeModificationHint::CreateRemoval(
2871 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
2872 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002873
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002874 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
2875 Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002876
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002877 NumArgs = 0;
2878 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002879
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002880 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
2881 RParenLoc));
2882 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002883
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002884 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002885 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002886 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2887 // Fn.
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002888 bool Dependent = false;
2889 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2890 Dependent = true;
2891 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2892 Dependent = true;
2893
2894 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002895 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002896 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2897
2898 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2899 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2900 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2901 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2902
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002903 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002904 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2905 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
2906 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2907 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2908 (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl) &&
2909 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(
2910 cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl)->getTemplatedDecl())))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002911 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2912 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002913 }
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002914
2915 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
2916 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2917 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD ||
2918 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) {
2919 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType());
Anders Carlsson63dce022009-10-15 00:41:48 +00002920 QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002921
Anders Carlsson63dce022009-10-15 00:41:48 +00002922 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
2923 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args,
2924 NumArgs, ResultTy,
2925 RParenLoc));
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002926
Anders Carlsson63dce022009-10-15 00:41:48 +00002927 if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(),
2928 BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2929 TheCall.get(), 0))
2930 return ExprError();
2931
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00002932 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs,
2933 RParenLoc))
2934 return ExprError();
2935
2936 return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release());
2937 }
2938 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002939 }
2940
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002941 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002942 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002943 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002944 bool ADL = true;
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002945 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
2946 const TemplateArgument *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
2947 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002948 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
2949 SourceRange QualifierRange;
2950 DeconstructCallFunction(Fn, NDecl, UnqualifiedName, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
2951 ADL,HasExplicitTemplateArgs, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2952 NumExplicitTemplateArgs);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002953
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002954 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002955 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
Douglas Gregora727cb92009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002956 if (NDecl) {
2957 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2958 if ((FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(NDecl)))
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002959 FDecl = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2960 else
Douglas Gregora727cb92009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002961 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2962 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(NDecl);
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002963 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002964
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002965 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate ||
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002966 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregorb9063fc2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002967 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregor15fc9562009-09-12 00:22:50 +00002968 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002969 ADL = false;
2970
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002971 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2972 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2973 ADL = false;
2974
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002975 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate || ADL) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002976 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, NDecl, UnqualifiedName,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002977 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2978 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2979 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002980 LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, CommaLocs,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002981 RParenLoc, ADL);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002982 if (!FDecl)
2983 return ExprError();
2984
2985 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2986 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002987 if (Qualifier)
Douglas Gregorf21eb492009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002988 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002989 Fn->getLocStart(),
Douglas Gregorf21eb492009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002990 false, false,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002991 QualifierRange,
2992 Qualifier);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002993 else
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002994 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002995 Fn->getLocStart());
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002996 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2997 Fn = NewFn;
2998 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002999 }
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003000
3001 // Promote the function operand.
3002 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
3003
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003004 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
3005 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003006 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
3007 Args, NumArgs,
3008 Context.BoolTy,
3009 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003010
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003011 const FunctionType *FuncT;
3012 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
3013 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
3014 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003015 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003016 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003017 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3018 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003019 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003020 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003021 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003022 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003023 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003024 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003025 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3026 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
3027
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003028 // Check for a valid return type
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00003029 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
3030 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(),
3031 FDecl))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003032 return ExprError();
3033
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003034 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +00003035 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003036
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003037 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003038 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003039 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003040 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003041 } else {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003042 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003043
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003044 if (FDecl) {
3045 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
3046 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
3047 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisddcd1322009-06-30 02:35:26 +00003048 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003049 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003050 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003051 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
3052 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
3053 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
3054 }
3055 }
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003056 }
3057
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003058 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003059 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
3060 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
3061 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003062 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3063 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003064 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
3065 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003066 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003067 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003068 }
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00003069 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003070
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003071 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
3072 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003073 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
3074 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003075
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +00003076 // Check for sentinels
3077 if (NDecl)
3078 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003079
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003080 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003081 if (FDecl) {
3082 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
3083 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003084
Douglas Gregor15fc9562009-09-12 00:22:50 +00003085 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003086 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
3087 } else if (NDecl) {
3088 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
3089 return ExprError();
3090 }
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003091
Anders Carlssonf8984012009-08-16 03:06:32 +00003092 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003093}
3094
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003095Action::OwningExprResult
3096Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3097 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003098 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003099 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3100 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Steve Naroff57eb2c52007-07-19 21:32:11 +00003101 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003102 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003103 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson2c1ec6d2007-12-05 07:24:19 +00003104
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003105 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003106 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003107 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
3108 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor1c37d9e2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00003109 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
3110 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003111 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003112 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003113 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003114 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003115
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003116 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003117 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003118 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003119
Chris Lattner79413952008-12-04 23:50:19 +00003120 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003121 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003122 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003123 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003124 }
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003125 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003126 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003127 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003128}
3129
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003130Action::OwningExprResult
3131Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003132 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
3133 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
3134 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson4692db02007-08-31 04:56:16 +00003135
Steve Naroff30d242c2007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003136 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003137 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003138
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003139 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor347f7ea2009-01-28 21:54:33 +00003140 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003141 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003142 return Owned(E);
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003143}
3144
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003145/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redl955a0672009-07-29 13:50:23 +00003146bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003147 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003148 CXXMethodDecl *& ConversionDecl,
3149 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003150 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003151 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle,
3152 ConversionDecl);
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003153
Eli Friedmanda8d4de2009-08-15 19:02:19 +00003154 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003155
3156 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
3157 // type needs to be scalar.
3158 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3159 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Anders Carlssonef918ac2009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003160 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid;
3161 return false;
3162 }
3163
3164 if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003165 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
3166 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
3167 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3168 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003169 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003170 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3171 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003172 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003173 return false;
3174 }
3175
3176 if (castType->isUnionType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003177 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003178 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003179 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003180 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003181 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
3182 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
3183 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
3184 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3185 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3186 break;
3187 }
3188 }
3189 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3190 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3191 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003192 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003193 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003194 }
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003195
3196 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
3197 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3198 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3199 }
3200
3201 if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
3202 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003203 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3204 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003205 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003206 }
3207
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003208 if (castType->isExtVectorType())
3209 return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind);
3210
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003211 if (castType->isVectorType())
3212 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind);
3213 if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
3214 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind);
3215
3216 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr))
Steve Naroffb47acdb2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003217 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003218
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003219 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3220 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
3221
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003222 if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanf4e3ad62009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003223 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3224 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3225 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3226 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3227 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3228 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3229 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3230 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3231 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3232 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003233 }
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003234
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003235 return false;
3236}
3237
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003238bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
3239 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003240 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003241
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003242 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003243 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003244 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003245 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003246 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003247 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003248 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003249 } else
3250 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003251 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003252 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003253
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003254 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003255 return false;
3256}
3257
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003258bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr,
3259 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003260 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003261
3262 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
3263
Nate Begemanc8961a42009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003264 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3265 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003266 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3267 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3268 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3269 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003270 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003271 return false;
3272 }
3273
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003274 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003275 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3276 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003277 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3278 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3279 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3280 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003281
3282 // FIXME: Pass a cast kind to the implicit cast expr.
3283 ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType());
3284
3285 Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003286 return false;
3287}
3288
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003289Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003290Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003291 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003292 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003293
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003294 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3295 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff1a2cf6b2007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003296
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003297 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00003298 //FIXME: Preserve type source info.
3299 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003300
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003301 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
3302 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
3303 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),castType);
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003304 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003305 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003306 Kind, Method))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003307 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003308
3309 if (Method) {
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003310 OwningExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(LParenLoc, castType, Kind,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003311 Method, move(Op));
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003312
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003313 if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3314 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003315
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003316 castExpr = CastArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3317 } else {
3318 Op.release();
Fariborz Jahanian3df87672009-08-29 19:15:16 +00003319 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003320
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003321 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003322 Kind, castExpr, castType,
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003323 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003324}
3325
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003326/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
3327/// of comma binary operators.
3328Action::OwningExprResult
3329Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
3330 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
3331 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
3332 if (!E)
3333 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003334
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003335 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003336
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003337 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
3338 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
3339 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003340
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003341 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
3342}
3343
3344Action::OwningExprResult
3345Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3346 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
3347 QualType Ty) {
3348 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003349
3350 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003351 // then handle it as such.
3352 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
3353 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
3354 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
3355 return ExprError();
3356 }
3357
3358 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
3359 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
3360 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
3361
3362 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
3363 // braces instead of the original commas.
3364 Op.release();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003365 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003366 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
3367 E->setType(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003368 return ActOnCompoundLiteral(LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003369 Owned(E));
3370 } else {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003371 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003372 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
3373 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
3374 return ActOnCastExpr(S, LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,move(Op));
3375 }
3376}
3377
3378Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3379 SourceLocation R,
3380 MultiExprArg Val) {
3381 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
3382 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
3383 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenListExpr() missing expr list");
3384 Expr *expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
3385 return Owned(expr);
3386}
3387
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003388/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3389/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner2c486602009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003390/// C99 6.5.15
3391QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3392 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003393 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3394 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3395 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3396
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003397 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3398 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3399 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3400 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3401 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3402 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003403
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003404 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003405 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3406 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3407 << CondTy;
3408 return QualType();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003409 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003410
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003411 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003412 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
3413 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003414
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003415 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3416 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003417 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3418 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3419 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003420 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003421
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003422 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3423 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003424 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3425 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003426 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003427 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003428 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003429 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003430 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003431 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003432
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003433 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003434 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003435 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3436 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3437 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3438 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3439 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3440 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3441 << LHS->getSourceRange();
3442 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
3443 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman3e1852f2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003444 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003445 }
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003446 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3447 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003448 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003449 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003450 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3451 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003452 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003453 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00003454 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003455 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3456 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003457 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003458 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
3459 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
3460 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
3461 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3462 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
3463 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
3464 return LHSTy;
3465 }
3466 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
3467 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
3468 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy);
3469 return RHSTy;
3470 }
3471 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
3472 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3473 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
3474 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
3475 return LHSTy;
3476 }
3477 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
3478 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
3479 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy);
3480 return RHSTy;
3481 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003482 // Handle block pointer types.
3483 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3484 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3485 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3486 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003487 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003488 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType);
3489 return destType;
3490 }
3491 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3492 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3493 return QualType();
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003494 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003495 // We have 2 block pointer types.
3496 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3497 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003498 return LHSTy;
3499 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003500 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003501 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3502 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003503
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003504 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3505 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003506 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3507 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3508 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3509 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3510 // to get a consistent AST.
3511 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3512 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3513 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3514 return incompatTy;
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003515 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003516 // The block pointer types are compatible.
3517 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy);
3518 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
Steve Naroffea4c7802009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003519 return LHSTy;
3520 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003521 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003522 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003523
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003524 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3525 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
3526 return LHSTy;
3527 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003528 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
3529 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003530 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003531
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003532 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3533 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3534 // type. This allows
3535 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3536 // where B is a subclass of A.
3537 //
3538 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3539 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3540 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3541 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
3542
3543 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3544 // It could return the composite type.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003545 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana83c0162009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003546 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003547 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
Fariborz Jahaniana83c0162009-08-22 22:27:17 +00003548 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003549 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003550 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003551 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003552 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003553 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3554 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3555 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
3556 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3557 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003558 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3559 } else {
3560 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3561 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3562 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3563 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
3564 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3565 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3566 return incompatTy;
3567 }
3568 // The object pointer types are compatible.
3569 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3570 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
3571 return compositeType;
3572 }
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003573 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
3574 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003575 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003576 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003577 QualType destPointee
3578 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003579 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3580 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3581 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3582 return destType;
3583 }
3584 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003585 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003586 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003587 QualType destPointee
3588 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff85d97152009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003589 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3590 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3591 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // promote to void*
3592 return destType;
3593 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003594 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
3595 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
3596 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003597 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3598 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003599
3600 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3601 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3602 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003603 QualType destPointee
3604 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003605 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3606 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3607 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3608 return destType;
3609 }
3610 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003611 QualType destPointee
3612 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003613 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3614 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3615 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3616 return destType;
3617 }
3618
3619 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3620 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3621 return LHSTy;
3622 }
3623 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3624 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3625 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3626 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3627 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3628 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3629 // to get a consistent AST.
3630 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3631 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3632 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3633 return incompatTy;
3634 }
3635 // The pointer types are compatible.
3636 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3637 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3638 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3639 // type.
3640 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3641 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
3642 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy);
3643 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
3644 return LHSTy;
3645 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003646
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003647 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3648 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3649 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3650 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3651 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3652 return RHSTy;
3653 }
3654 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3655 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3656 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3657 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3658 return LHSTy;
3659 }
Daniel Dunbar484603b2008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003660
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003661 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003662 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3663 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00003664 return QualType();
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00003665}
3666
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003667/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003668/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003669Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3670 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3671 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3672 ExprArg RHS) {
3673 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3674 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003675
3676 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3677 // was the condition.
3678 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3679 if (isLHSNull)
3680 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003681
3682 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattnerdaaa9f22007-07-16 21:39:03 +00003683 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00003684 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003685 return ExprError();
3686
3687 Cond.release();
3688 LHS.release();
3689 RHS.release();
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003690 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003691 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00003692 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003693}
3694
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003695// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003696// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003697// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3698// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3699// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003700Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003701Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003702 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003703
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003704 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3705 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3706 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3707 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3708 return Compatible;
3709 }
3710
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003711 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003712 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3713 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003714
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003715 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003716 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3717 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003718
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003719 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003720
3721 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3722 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3723 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianece85822009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003724 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003725 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003726 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003727
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003728 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3729 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003730 // version of void...
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003731 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003732 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003733 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003734
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003735 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003736 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3737 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003738 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003739
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003740 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003741 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003742 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003743
3744 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003745 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3746 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003747 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003748 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00003749 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003750 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3751 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3752 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3753 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3754 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3755 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003756 if (lhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003757 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003758 else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003759 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003760
3761 if (rhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003762 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003763 else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003764 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00003765
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003766 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3767 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3768 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3769 // warning can be disabled.
3770 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3771 return ConvTy;
3772 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3773 }
3774 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003775 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003776 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003777 return ConvTy;
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00003778}
3779
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003780/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3781/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3782/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3783// types.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003784Sema::AssignConvertType
3785Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003786 QualType rhsType) {
3787 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003788
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003789 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003790 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3791 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003792
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003793 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3794 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3795 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003796
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003797 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003798
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003799 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
3800 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
3801 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003802
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003803 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003804 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003805 return ConvTy;
3806}
3807
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003808/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3809/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00003810/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3811///
3812/// int a, *pint;
3813/// short *pshort;
3814/// struct foo *pfoo;
3815///
3816/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3817/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3818/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3819/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3820///
3821/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003822/// C99 spec dictates.
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00003823///
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003824Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003825Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003826 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3827 // them.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003828 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3829 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003830
3831 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerf5c973d2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003832 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff44fd8ff2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00003833
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00003834 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3835 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
3836 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
3837 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
3838 return Compatible;
3839 }
3840
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003841 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3842 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3843 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3844 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3845 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3846 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3847 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003848 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003849 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson24ebce62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003850 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003851 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahaniana1e34202007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003852 }
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003853 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
3854 // to the same ExtVector type.
3855 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3856 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
3857 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
3858 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
3859 return Compatible;
3860 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003861
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003862 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003863 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003864 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003865 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003866 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3867 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003868 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003869 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003870 }
3871 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003872 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003873
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003874 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003875 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003876
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003877 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003878 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003879 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003880
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003881 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003882 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003883
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003884 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003885 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003886 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3887 return Compatible;
3888 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003889 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003890 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
3891 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003892 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003893
3894 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003895 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003896 return Compatible;
3897 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003898 return Incompatible;
3899 }
3900
3901 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3902 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedman8163b7a2009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003903 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003904
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003905 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003906 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003907 return Compatible;
3908
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003909 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3910 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003911
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003912 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003913 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003914 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003915 }
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003916 return Incompatible;
3917 }
3918
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003919 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3920 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3921 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003922
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003923 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003924 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003925 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3926 return Compatible;
3927 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003928 }
3929 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003930 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
3931 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003932 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
3933 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003934 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3935 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003936 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003937 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003938 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003939 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
3940 return Compatible;
3941 }
3942 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3943 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3944 return Compatible;
3945 return Incompatible;
3946 }
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003947 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003948 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003949 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3950 return Compatible;
3951
3952 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003953 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003954
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003955 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003956 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003957
3958 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003959 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003960 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003961 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003962 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003963 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
3964 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
3965 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3966 return Compatible;
3967
3968 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3969 return PointerToInt;
3970
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003971 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003972 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003973 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3974 return Compatible;
3975 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003976 }
3977 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003978 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003979 return Compatible;
3980 return Incompatible;
3981 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003982
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003983 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003984 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003985 return Compatible;
Bill Wendling216423b2007-05-30 06:30:29 +00003986 }
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00003987 return Incompatible;
Steve Naroff9eb24652007-05-02 21:58:15 +00003988}
3989
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003990/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3991/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003992static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003993 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3994 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3995 // of the transparent union.
3996 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3997 &E, 1,
3998 SourceLocation());
3999 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
4000 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
4001
4002 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
4003 // union type from this initializer list.
4004 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
4005 false);
4006}
4007
4008Sema::AssignConvertType
4009Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
4010 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
4011
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004012 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004013 // transparent_union GCC extension.
4014 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004015 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004016 return Incompatible;
4017
4018 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
4019 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
4020 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
4021 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004022 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
4023 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004024 it != itend; ++it) {
4025 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
4026 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
4027 // 1) void pointer
4028 // 2) null pointer constant
4029 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004030 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004031 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
4032 InitField = *it;
4033 break;
4034 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004035
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004036 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4037 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004038 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
4039 InitField = *it;
4040 break;
4041 }
4042 }
4043
4044 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
4045 == Compatible) {
4046 InitField = *it;
4047 break;
4048 }
4049 }
4050
4051 if (!InitField)
4052 return Incompatible;
4053
4054 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
4055 return Compatible;
4056}
4057
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004058Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004059Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004060 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4061 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
4062 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
4063 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
4064 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00004065 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
4066 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004067 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner0d5640c2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00004068 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004069 }
4070
4071 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
4072 // structures.
4073 }
4074
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004075 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
4076 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004077 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
4078 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004079 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004080 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4081 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Chris Lattnera65e1f32008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004082 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004083 return Compatible;
4084 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004085
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004086 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004087 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff30d242c2007-09-15 18:49:24 +00004088 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004089 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004090 //
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004091 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004092 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
4093 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004094
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004095 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
4096 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004097
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004098 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
4099 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004100 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
4101 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
4102 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
4103 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004104 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004105 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004106 return result;
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004107}
4108
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004109QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004110 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004111 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004112 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004113 return QualType();
Steve Naroff6f49f5d2007-05-29 14:23:36 +00004114}
4115
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004116inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004117 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004118 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004119 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004120 QualType lhsType =
4121 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
4122 QualType rhsType =
4123 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004124
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004125 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004126 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004127 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004128
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004129 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
4130 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004131 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
4132 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004133 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4134 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004135 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004136 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004137 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004138 }
4139 }
4140 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004141
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004142 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
4143 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
4144 bool swapped = false;
4145 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4146 swapped = true;
4147 std::swap(rex, lex);
4148 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
4149 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004150
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004151 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004152 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004153 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
4154 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
4155 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004156 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004157 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4158 return lhsType;
4159 }
4160 }
4161 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
4162 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
4163 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004164 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004165 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4166 return lhsType;
4167 }
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004168 }
4169 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004170
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004171 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004172 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004173 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004174 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004175 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004176}
4177
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004178inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004179 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar060d5e22009-01-05 22:42:10 +00004180 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004181 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004182
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004183 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004184
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004185 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004186 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004187 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004188}
4189
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004190inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004191 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar0d2bfec2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00004192 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4193 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4194 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4195 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4196 }
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004197
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004198 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004199
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004200 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004201 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004202 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004203}
4204
4205inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004206 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004207 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4208 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4209 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4210 return compType;
4211 }
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004212
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004213 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004214
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004215 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004216 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
4217 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
4218 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004219 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004220 }
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004221
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004222 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
4223 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004224 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004225 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
4226
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004227 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004228
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004229 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004230 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004231
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004232 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
4233 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004234 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4235 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00004236 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004237 return QualType();
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004238 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004239
4240 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4241 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4242 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004243 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004244 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4245 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4246 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
4247 return QualType();
4248 }
4249
4250 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4251 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4252 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004253 } else {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004254 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004255 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004256 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004257 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
4258 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004259 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
4260 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004261 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004262 return QualType();
4263 }
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004264 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4265 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4266 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4267 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
4268 return QualType();
4269 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004270
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004271 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004272 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4273 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4274 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4275 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4276 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004277 }
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004278 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
4279 }
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004280 return PExp->getType();
4281 }
4282 }
4283
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004284 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004285}
4286
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004287// C99 6.5.6
4288QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004289 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
4290 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4291 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4292 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4293 return compType;
4294 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004295
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004296 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004297
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004298 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004299
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004300 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004301 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
4302 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004303 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004304 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004305 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004306
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004307 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004308 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4eed7a12009-07-13 17:19:15 +00004309 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004310
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004311 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004312
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004313 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
4314 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
4315 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
4316 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4317 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4318 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4319 return QualType();
4320 }
4321
4322 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4323 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4324 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4325 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4326 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004327 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004328 return QualType();
4329 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004330
4331 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4332 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
4333 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004334 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004335 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004336 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004337 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004338 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004339
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004340 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4341 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4342 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4343 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
4344 return QualType();
4345 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004346
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004347 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004348 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
4349 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4350 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4351 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4352 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4353 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004354 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004355 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
4356
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004357 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004358 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004359 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004360
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004361 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004362 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman1974e532008-02-08 01:19:44 +00004363 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004364
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004365 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
4366 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
4367 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
4368 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4369 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4370 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4371 return QualType();
4372 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004373
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004374 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4375 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4376 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4377 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004378 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004379 return QualType();
4380 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004381
4382 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4383 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
4384 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
4385 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
4386 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00004387 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
4388 << rex->getSourceRange()
4389 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004390 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004391
Eli Friedman168fe152009-05-16 13:54:38 +00004392 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4393 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
4394 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
4395 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4396 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4397 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4398 return QualType();
4399 }
4400 } else {
4401 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
4402 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
4403 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
4404 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
4405 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4406 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4407 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4408 return QualType();
4409 }
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004410 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004411
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004412 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4413 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4414 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4415 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4416 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004417 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004418 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004419
4420 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004421 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
4422 }
4423 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004424
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004425 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004426}
4427
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004428// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004429QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004430 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004431 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
4432 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004433 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004434
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004435 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
4436 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004437 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
4438 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
4439 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4440 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4441 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004442 }
Chris Lattner3c133402007-12-13 07:28:16 +00004443 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004444 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
4445
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004446 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004447
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004448 // Sanity-check shift operands
4449 llvm::APSInt Right;
4450 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar687fa862009-09-17 06:31:27 +00004451 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
4452 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn2f085712009-08-08 19:18:23 +00004453 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004454 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
4455 else {
4456 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
4457 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
4458 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
4459 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
4460 }
4461 }
4462
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004463 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004464 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004465}
4466
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004467// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004468QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004469 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
4470 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
4471
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004472 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004473 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004474
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004475 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff47fea352007-08-10 18:26:40 +00004476 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4477 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
4478 else {
4479 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4480 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
4481 }
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004482 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4483 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004484
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004485 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
4486 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004487 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4488 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4489 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004490 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
Ted Kremenekde9e9682009-03-20 19:57:37 +00004491 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004492 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
4493 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
4494 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
4495 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenek9ffbe412009-03-20 18:35:45 +00004496 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
4497 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004498 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004499
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004500 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
4501 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4502 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
4503 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004504
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004505 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
4506 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004507 Expr *literalString = 0;
4508 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004509 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004510 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4511 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004512 literalString = lex;
4513 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00004514 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
4515 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004516 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4517 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004518 literalString = rex;
4519 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
4520 }
4521
4522 if (literalString) {
4523 std::string resultComparison;
4524 switch (Opc) {
4525 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
4526 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
4527 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
4528 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
4529 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
4530 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
4531 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
4532 }
4533 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
4534 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
4535 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor170512f2009-04-01 23:51:29 +00004536 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
4537 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
4538 "strcmp(")
4539 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
4540 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004541 resultComparison);
4542 }
Ted Kremeneke451eae2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00004543 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004544
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004545 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004546 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004547
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004548 if (isRelational) {
4549 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004550 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004551 } else {
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004552 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004553 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004554 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004555 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenekd4ecc6d2007-10-29 16:40:01 +00004556 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004557
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004558 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004559 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004560 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004561
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004562 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4563 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
4564 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4565 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004566
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004567 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
4568 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
4569 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff808eb8f2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00004570 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004571 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004572 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004573 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004574 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004575
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004576 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004577 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
4578 return ResultTy;
4579
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004580 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
4581 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
4582 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
4583 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
4584 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
4585 //
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004586 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004587 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorb8420462009-05-05 04:50:50 +00004588 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004589 if (T.isNull()) {
4590 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4591 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4592 return QualType();
4593 }
4594
4595 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T);
4596 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T);
4597 return ResultTy;
4598 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004599 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
4600 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
4601 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4602 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
4603 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
4604 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
4605 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4606 }
4607 } else if (!isRelational &&
4608 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
4609 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
4610 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
4611 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
4612 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
4613 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4614 }
4615 } else {
4616 // Invalid
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004617 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004618 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff75c17232007-06-13 21:41:08 +00004619 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00004620 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
4621 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004622 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004623 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004624
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004625 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004626 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004627 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004628 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004629 (lType->isPointerType() ||
4630 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004631 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004632 return ResultTy;
4633 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004634 if (LHSIsNull &&
4635 (rType->isPointerType() ||
4636 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00004637 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004638 return ResultTy;
4639 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004640
4641 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004642 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004643 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
4644 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004645 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
4646 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
4647 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
4648 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
4649 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
4650 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
4651 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
4652 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004653 // types.
4654 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
4655 if (T.isNull()) {
4656 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4657 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4658 return QualType();
4659 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004660
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004661 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T);
4662 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T);
4663 return ResultTy;
4664 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004665
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00004666 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004667 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4668 return ResultTy;
4669 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004670
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004671 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004672 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004673 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4674 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004675
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004676 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004677 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004678 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004679 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004680 }
4681 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004682 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004683 }
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004684 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004685 if (!isRelational
4686 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
4687 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004688 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004689 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004690 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004691 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004692 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
4693 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
4694 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004695 }
4696 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004697 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004698 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004699
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004700 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004701 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004702 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
4703 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004704 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004705 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004706 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004707 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004708
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004709 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4710 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004711 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004712 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004713 }
Daniel Dunbar340b5dd2008-10-23 23:30:52 +00004714 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004715 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffea54d9e2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004716 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004717 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004718 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004719 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4720 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffb788d9b2008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004721 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004722 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffb788d9b2008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004723 }
Fariborz Jahanian134cbef2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004724 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004725 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004726 unsigned DiagID = 0;
4727 if (RHSIsNull) {
4728 if (isRelational)
4729 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
4730 } else if (isRelational)
4731 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
4732 else
4733 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004734
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004735 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004736 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004737 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004738 }
Chris Lattnera65e1f32008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004739 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004740 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004741 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004742 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004743 unsigned DiagID = 0;
4744 if (LHSIsNull) {
4745 if (isRelational)
4746 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
4747 } else if (isRelational)
4748 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
4749 else
4750 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004751
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00004752 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004753 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004754 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00004755 }
Chris Lattnera65e1f32008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004756 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004757 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00004758 }
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004759 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004760 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4761 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004762 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004763 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004764 }
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004765 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4766 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004767 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004768 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004769 }
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004770 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004771}
4772
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004773/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004774/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004775/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4776/// types.
4777QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004778 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004779 bool isRelational) {
4780 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4781 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004782 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004783 if (vType.isNull())
4784 return vType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004785
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004786 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4787 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004788
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004789 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4790 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4791 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4792 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4793 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4794 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4795 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004796 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004797 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004798
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004799 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4800 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4801 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004802 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004803 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004804
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004805 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4806 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4807 // elements for floating point vectors.
4808 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4809 return lType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004810
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004811 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004812 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004813 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004814 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner5d688962009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004815 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004816 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4817
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004818 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004819 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004820 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4821}
4822
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004823inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004824 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff94a5aca2007-07-16 22:23:01 +00004825 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004826 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004827
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004828 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004829
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004830 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004831 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004832 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004833}
4834
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004835inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004836 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004837 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4838 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004839
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00004840 if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType())
4841 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4842
4843 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4844 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
4845 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
4846 return Context.BoolTy;
4847 }
4848
4849 return Context.IntTy;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00004850}
4851
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004852/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4853/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4854/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4855///
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004856static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004857 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4858 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4859 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4860 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004861 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004862 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
4863 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
4864 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4865 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004866 }
4867 }
4868 return false;
4869}
4870
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004871/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4872/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4873static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004874 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004875 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004876 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004877 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4878 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004879 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4880 return false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004881
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004882 unsigned Diag = 0;
4883 bool NeedType = false;
4884 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4885 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4886 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004887 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004888 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4889 NeedType = true;
4890 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004891 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004892 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4893 NeedType = true;
4894 break;
Chris Lattner9b3bbe92008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004895 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004896 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4897 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004898 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004899 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4900 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004901 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4902 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004903 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00004904 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
4905 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004906 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004907 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4908 break;
Steve Naroffba756cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004909 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004910 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4911 break;
Fariborz Jahanian8a1810f2008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004912 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4913 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4914 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5118c412008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004915 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4916 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4917 break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004918 }
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004919
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004920 SourceRange Assign;
4921 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4922 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004923 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004924 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004925 else
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004926 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004927 return true;
4928}
4929
4930
4931
4932// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004933QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4934 SourceLocation Loc,
4935 QualType CompoundType) {
4936 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4937 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004938 return QualType();
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004939
4940 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4941 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004942
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004943 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004944 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004945 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004946 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004947 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
4948 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
4949 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004950 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004951 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004952 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004953 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004954
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004955 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
4956 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
4957 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004958 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004959 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
4960 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
4961 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
4962 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
4963 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004964 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004965 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004966 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
4967 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
4968 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnered9f14c2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00004969 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
4970 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004971 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
4972 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
4973 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004974 }
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004975 }
4976 } else {
4977 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedmanb05c41e2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00004978 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004979 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004980
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004981 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
4982 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004983 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004984
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004985 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
4986 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004987 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004988 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
4989 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004990 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004991 // operand.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004992 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00004993}
4994
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004995// C99 6.5.17
4996QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattnerf6e1e302008-07-25 20:54:07 +00004997 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004998 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004999
5000 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
5001 // incomplete in C++).
5002
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005003 return RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff95af0132007-03-30 23:47:58 +00005004}
5005
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00005006/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
5007/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005008QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5009 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005010 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5011 return Context.DependentTy;
5012
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005013 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
5014 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Steve Naroffd50c88e2007-04-05 21:15:20 +00005015
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005016 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
5017 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
5018 if (!isInc) {
5019 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5020 return QualType();
5021 }
5022 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
5023 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5024 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005025 // OK!
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005026 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
5027 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005028
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005029 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005030 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005031 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5032 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5033 << Op->getSourceRange();
5034 return QualType();
5035 }
5036
5037 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005038 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005039 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005040 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5041 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5042 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
5043 return QualType();
5044 }
5045
5046 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005047 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005048 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005049 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005050 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005051 << ResType))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005052 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianca75db72009-07-16 17:59:14 +00005053 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5054 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5055 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5056 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
5057 return QualType();
5058 }
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005059 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
5060 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
5061 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005062 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005063 } else {
5064 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005065 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005066 return QualType();
Steve Naroff46ba1eb2007-04-03 23:13:13 +00005067 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005068 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff9e1e5512007-08-23 21:37:33 +00005069 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005070 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005071 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005072 return ResType;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005073}
5074
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005075/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005076/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005077/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
5078/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
5079/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
5080/// - &(x) => x
5081/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
5082/// - &s.xx => s
5083/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
5084/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
5085/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
5086/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005087static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005088 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005089 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregorc7acfdf2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00005090 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005091 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005092 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005093 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
5094 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
5095 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005096 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005097 return 0;
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005098 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005099 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005100 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005101 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
5102 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005103 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
5104 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
5105 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
5106 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
5107 }
5108 return 0;
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005109 }
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005110 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5111 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005112
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005113 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005114 case UnaryOperator::Real:
5115 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
5116 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
5117 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
5118 default:
5119 return 0;
5120 }
5121 }
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005122 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005123 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005124 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005125 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
5126 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005127 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005128 default:
5129 return 0;
5130 }
5131}
5132
5133/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005134/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005135/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005136/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00005137/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005138/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005139/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005140QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005141 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
5142 op = op->IgnoreParens();
5143
Douglas Gregor19b8c4f2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00005144 if (op->isTypeDependent())
5145 return Context.DependentTy;
5146
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005147 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
5148 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
5149 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
5150 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
5151 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
5152 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
5153 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
5154 }
5155 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
5156 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
5157 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005158 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner67315442008-07-26 21:30:36 +00005159 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes17f345f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00005160
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005161 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5162 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005163 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005164 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005165 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005166 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
5167 << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005168 return QualType();
5169 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00005170 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005171 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
5172 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5173 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00005174 return QualType();
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005175 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
5176 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005177 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005178 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00005179 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005180 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian385db802009-07-07 18:50:52 +00005181 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
5182 // cannot take address of a property expression.
5183 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5184 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
5185 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson3fa58d12009-09-14 23:15:26 +00005186 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
5187 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson01ccf992009-09-15 16:03:44 +00005188 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
5189 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00005190 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005191 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005192 // with the register storage-class specifier.
5193 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005194 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005195 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
5196 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005197 return QualType();
5198 }
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005199 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl) ||
5200 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005201 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005202 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor9aa8b552008-12-10 21:26:49 +00005203 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005204 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
5205 // scope qualifier for the class.
5206 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
5207 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005208 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
5209 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005210 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005211 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
5212 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
5213 return QualType();
5214 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005215
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005216 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5217 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00005218 }
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00005219 }
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005220 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes5773a1b2008-12-16 22:58:26 +00005221 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005222 // As above.
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00005223 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op) && MD->isInstance())
5224 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5225 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
5226 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Steve Narofff633d092007-04-25 19:01:39 +00005227 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005228 }
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00005229
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005230 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
5231 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
5232 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
5233 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
5234 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
5235 }
5236
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005237 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005238 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005239}
5240
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005241QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005242 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5243 return Context.DependentTy;
5244
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005245 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
5246 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005247
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005248 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
5249 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
5250 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
5251 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005252 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005253 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005254
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005255 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Fariborz Jahanianf15d4b62009-09-03 00:43:07 +00005256 return OPT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005257
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005258 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00005259 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005260 return QualType();
Steve Naroff1926c832007-04-24 00:23:05 +00005261}
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005262
5263static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
5264 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5265 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5266 switch (Kind) {
5267 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005268 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
5269 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005270 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
5271 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
5272 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
5273 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
5274 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
5275 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
5276 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
5277 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
5278 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
5279 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
5280 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
5281 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
5282 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
5283 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
5284 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
5285 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
5286 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
5287 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
5288 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
5289 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
5290 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
5291 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
5292 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
5293 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
5294 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
5295 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
5296 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
5297 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
5298 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
5299 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
5300 }
5301 return Opc;
5302}
5303
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005304static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
5305 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5306 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5307 switch (Kind) {
5308 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
5309 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
5310 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
5311 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
5312 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
5313 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
5314 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
5315 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
5316 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005317 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
5318 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
Chris Lattnerd0f76512007-06-08 22:16:53 +00005319 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005320 }
5321 return Opc;
5322}
5323
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005324/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
5325/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
5326/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005327Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5328 unsigned Op,
5329 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005330 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005331 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005332 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
5333 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
5334 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005335
5336 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005337 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
5338 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
5339 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005340 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
5341 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
5342 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
5343 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
5344 break;
5345 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005346 case BinaryOperator::Div:
5347 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5348 break;
5349 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
5350 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5351 break;
5352 case BinaryOperator::Add:
5353 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5354 break;
5355 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
5356 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5357 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005358 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005359 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
5360 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5361 break;
5362 case BinaryOperator::LE:
5363 case BinaryOperator::LT:
5364 case BinaryOperator::GE:
5365 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005366 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005367 break;
5368 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
5369 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005370 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005371 break;
5372 case BinaryOperator::And:
5373 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
5374 case BinaryOperator::Or:
5375 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5376 break;
5377 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
5378 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
5379 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5380 break;
5381 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
5382 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005383 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5384 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5385 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5386 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005387 break;
5388 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005389 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5390 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5391 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5392 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005393 break;
5394 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005395 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5396 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5397 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005398 break;
5399 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005400 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5401 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5402 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005403 break;
5404 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
5405 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005406 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5407 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5408 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5409 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005410 break;
5411 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
5412 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
5413 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005414 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5415 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5416 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5417 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005418 break;
5419 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
5420 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5421 break;
5422 }
5423 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005424 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005425 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005426 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
5427 else
5428 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005429 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
5430 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005431}
5432
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005433// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005434Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
5435 tok::TokenKind Kind,
5436 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005437 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005438 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005439
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00005440 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
5441 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005442
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005443 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005444 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005445 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
5446 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5447 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5448 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5449 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00005450 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005451 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5452 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5453 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
5454 Functions);
5455 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005456 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005457 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
5458 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00005459 }
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005460
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005461 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
5462 // binary operation.
5463 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005464 }
5465
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005466 // Build a built-in binary operation.
5467 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005468}
5469
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005470Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005471 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005472 ExprArg InputArg) {
5473 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005474
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005475 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005476 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005477 QualType resultType;
5478 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005479 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
5480 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
5481 break;
5482
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005483 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
5484 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005485 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
5486 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005487 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005488 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
5489 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005490 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005491 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005492 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005493 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005494 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffb7235642007-12-18 04:06:57 +00005495 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005496 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005497 break;
5498 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
5499 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005500 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5501 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005502 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5503 break;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005504 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
5505 break;
5506 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
5507 resultType->isEnumeralType())
5508 break;
5509 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
5510 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
5511 resultType->isPointerType())
5512 break;
5513
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005514 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5515 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005516 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005517 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5518 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005519 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5520 break;
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005521 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
5522 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
5523 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005524 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005525 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005526 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005527 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5528 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005529 break;
5530 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00005531 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005532 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
5533 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005534 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5535 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005536 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005537 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5538 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerbe31ed82007-06-02 19:11:33 +00005539 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005540 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
5541 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005542 break;
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005543 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005544 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00005545 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005546 break;
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005547 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00005548 resultType = Input->getType();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00005549 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005550 }
5551 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005552 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005553
5554 InputArg.release();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005555 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005556}
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005557
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005558// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
5559Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5560 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
5561 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
5562 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
5563
5564 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
5565 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5566 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5567 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5568 // the arguments.
5569 FunctionSet Functions;
5570 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5571 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5572 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
5573 Functions);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005574 DeclarationName OpName
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005575 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
5576 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
5577 }
5578
5579 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
5580 }
5581
5582 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
5583}
5584
Steve Naroff66356bd2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00005585/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005586Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5587 SourceLocation LabLoc,
5588 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005589 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner3318e862009-04-18 20:01:55 +00005590 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005591
Daniel Dunbar88402ce2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00005592 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
5593 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroff846b1ec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00005594 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005595 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005596
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005597 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005598 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
5599 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00005600}
5601
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005602Sema::OwningExprResult
5603Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
5604 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
5605 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005606 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
5607 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
5608
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005609 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattnera69b0762009-04-25 19:11:05 +00005610 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005611 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005612
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005613 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
5614 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
5615 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005616
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005617 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
5618 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
5619 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005620
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005621 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
5622 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
5623 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
5624 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
5625 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005626
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005627 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005628 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005629 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005630
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005631 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
5632 // expressions are not lvalues.
5633
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005634 substmt.release();
5635 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005636}
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005637
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005638Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
5639 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5640 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
5641 TypeTy *argty,
5642 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
5643 unsigned NumComponents,
5644 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5645 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
5646 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005647 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5648 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005649 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005650
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005651 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
5652
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005653 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
5654 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
5655 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005656 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005657 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005658
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005659 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
5660 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor26897462009-03-11 16:48:53 +00005661
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005662 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
5663 // the offsetof designators.
5664 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
5665 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005666 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005667 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman16c88df2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00005668
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005669 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
5670 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005671 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
5672 // a system header!
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005673 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005674 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
5675 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005676
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005677 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedman8469bc72009-05-03 21:22:18 +00005678 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005679
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005680 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
5681 // leaks like a sieve.
5682 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
5683 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
5684 if (OC.isBrackets) {
5685 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
5686 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
5687 if (!AT) {
5688 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005689 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
5690 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005691 }
5692
5693 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
5694
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005695 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
5696 // expression.
5697 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
5698
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005699 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
5700 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005701 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005702 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005703 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00005704 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005705 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005706
5707 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
5708 OC.LocEnd);
5709 continue;
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005710 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005711
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005712 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005713 if (!RC) {
5714 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005715 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
5716 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005717 }
Chris Lattner98dbf0a2007-08-30 17:59:59 +00005718
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005719 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
5720 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005721 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson38ebcaa2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005722 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlsson8b98d022009-05-02 17:45:47 +00005723 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
5724 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
5725 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson38ebcaa2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005726 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
5727 }
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005728 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005729
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00005730 LookupResult R;
5731 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD, OC.U.IdentInfo, LookupMemberName);
5732
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005733 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00005734 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(R.getAsSingleDecl(Context));
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005735 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005736 if (!MemberDecl)
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +00005737 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
5738 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005739
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005740 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5741 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005742 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005743 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
5744 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005745 } else {
5746 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5747 // doesn't matter here.
5748 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5749 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5750 }
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005751 }
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005752 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005753
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005754 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5755 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005756}
5757
5758
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005759Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5760 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5761 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005762 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
5763 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
5764 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005765
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005766 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005767
Douglas Gregorf907cbf2009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005768 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5769 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5770 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5771 return ExprError();
5772 }
5773
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005774 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5775 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005776}
5777
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005778Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5779 ExprArg cond,
5780 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5781 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5782 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5783 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5784 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005785
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005786 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5787
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005788 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005789 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor0df91122009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005790 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005791 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005792 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005793 } else {
5794 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5795 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5796 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5797 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005798 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5799 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5800 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005801
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005802 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5803 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005804 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
5805 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005806 }
5807
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005808 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5809 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005810 resType, RPLoc,
5811 resType->isDependentType(),
5812 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005813}
5814
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005815//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5816// Clang Extensions.
5817//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5818
5819/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005820void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005821 // Analyze block parameters.
5822 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005823
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005824 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5825 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5826 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005827
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005828 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005829 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpa6703322009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005830 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Daniel Dunbarb9a68612009-07-29 01:59:17 +00005831 BSI->hasPrototype = false;
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005832 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5833 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005834
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005835 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005836 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005837}
5838
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005839void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005840 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005841
5842 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5843 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005844 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005845 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5846
Mike Stumpd456c482009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005847 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5848 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5849 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5850 return;
5851 }
5852
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005853 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
5854 if (!T->isFunctionType())
5855 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
5856
5857 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
5858 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005859 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005860 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005861 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005862 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005863 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5864 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005865 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005866
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005867 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5868 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5869 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5870 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5871 return;
5872 }
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005873 return;
5874 }
5875
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005876 // Analyze arguments to block.
5877 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
5878 "Not a function declarator!");
5879 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005880
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005881 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
5882 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005883
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005884 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
5885 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
5886 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
5887 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005888 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
5889 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005890 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005891 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005892 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
5893 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005894 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005895 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005896 }
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005897 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005898 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahanian960910a2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00005899 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005900 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005901 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
5902 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
5903 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
5904 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
5905 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005906
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005907 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005908 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005909 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005910 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005911 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005912 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5913 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005914
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005915 // Analyze the return type.
5916 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005917 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005918
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005919 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5920 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5921 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5922 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5923 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005924 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005925}
5926
5927/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
5928/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
5929void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
5930 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5931 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005932
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005933 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5934
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005935 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner41b86942009-04-21 22:38:46 +00005936 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005937 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005938 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005939}
5940
5941/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
5942/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005943Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
5944 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9eac9312009-03-27 04:18:06 +00005945 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
5946 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
5947 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005948
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005949 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5950 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005951
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005952 PopDeclContext();
5953
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005954 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
5955 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005956
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005957 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005958 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
5959 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005960
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005961 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
5962 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
5963 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005964
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005965 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005966 QualType BlockTy;
5967 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005968 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
5969 NoReturn);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005970 else
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005971 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005972 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
5973 NoReturn);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005974
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005975 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005976 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005977 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005978
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005979 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
5980 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
5981 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
5982 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005983
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005984 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005985 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody());
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005986 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
5987 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005988}
5989
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005990Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5991 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
5992 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00005993 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005994 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
5995 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005996
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005997 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005998
5999 // Get the va_list type
6000 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006001 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
6002 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
6003 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
6004 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006005 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006006 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
6007 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
6008 } else {
6009 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
6010 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006011 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006012 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006013 return ExprError();
6014 }
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006015
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006016 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
6017 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006018 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
6019 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006020 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner3f5cd772009-04-05 00:59:53 +00006021 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006022
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006023 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006024 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006025
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006026 expr.release();
6027 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
6028 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006029}
6030
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006031Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006032 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
6033 // pointers on the target.
6034 QualType Ty;
6035 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
6036 Ty = Context.IntTy;
6037 else
6038 Ty = Context.LongTy;
6039
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006040 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006041}
6042
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006043bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
6044 SourceLocation Loc,
6045 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6046 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
6047 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
6048 bool isInvalid = false;
6049 unsigned DiagKind;
6050 switch (ConvTy) {
6051 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
6052 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006053 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006054 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
6055 break;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00006056 case IntToPointer:
6057 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
6058 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006059 case IncompatiblePointer:
6060 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
6061 break;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00006062 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
6063 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
6064 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006065 case FunctionVoidPointer:
6066 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
6067 break;
6068 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00006069 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
6070 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
6071 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
6072 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
6073 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
6074 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
6075 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
6076 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
6077 // C++ semantics.
6078 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
6079 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
6080 return false;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006081 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
6082 break;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006083 case IntToBlockPointer:
6084 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
6085 break;
6086 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd79b5a82009-04-21 22:51:42 +00006087 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00006088 break;
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006089 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006090 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00006091 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
6092 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
6093 break;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00006094 case IncompatibleVectors:
6095 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
6096 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006097 case Incompatible:
6098 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
6099 isInvalid = true;
6100 break;
6101 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006102
Chris Lattnerf3d3fae2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00006103 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
6104 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00006105 return isInvalid;
6106}
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006107
Chris Lattnerc71d08b2009-04-25 21:59:05 +00006108bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006109 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
6110 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
6111 if (Result)
6112 *Result = ICEResult;
6113 return false;
6114 }
6115
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006116 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
6117
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006118 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006119 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
6120 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
6121
6122 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
6123 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
6124 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
6125 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
6126 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
6127 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
6128 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006129
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006130 return true;
6131 }
6132
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006133 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
6134 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006135
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00006136 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
6137 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
6138 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006139
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00006140 if (Result)
6141 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
6142 return false;
6143}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006144
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006145Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext
6146Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006147 // Introduce a new set of potentially referenced declarations to the stack.
6148 if (NewContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated)
6149 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.push_back(PotentiallyReferencedDecls());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006150
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006151 std::swap(ExprEvalContext, NewContext);
6152 return NewContext;
6153}
6154
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006155void
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006156Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext OldContext,
6157 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
6158 ExprEvalContext = NewContext;
6159
6160 if (OldContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
6161 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
6162 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
6163 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
6164 PotentiallyReferencedDecls RemainingDecls;
6165 RemainingDecls.swap(PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back());
6166 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.pop_back();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006167
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006168 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator I = RemainingDecls.begin(),
6169 IEnd = RemainingDecls.end();
6170 I != IEnd; ++I)
6171 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
6172 }
6173}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006174
6175/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
6176///
6177/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
6178/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
6179/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
6180/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
6181///
6182/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
6183///
6184/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
6185void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
6186 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006187
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006188 if (D->isUsed())
6189 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006190
Douglas Gregor3beaf9b2009-10-08 21:35:42 +00006191 // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
6192 // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions
6193 // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and
6194 // -Wunused-parameters)
6195 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
6196 (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()))
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006197 D->setUsed(true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006198
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006199 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
6200 // an instantiation.
6201 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
6202 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006203
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006204 switch (ExprEvalContext) {
6205 case Unevaluated:
6206 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
6207 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006208
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006209 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
6210 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
6211 // "used"; handle this below.
6212 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006213
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00006214 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
6215 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
6216 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
6217 // potentially evaluated.
6218 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back().push_back(std::make_pair(Loc, D));
6219 return;
6220 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006221
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006222 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanian3a363432009-06-22 17:30:33 +00006223 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006224 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian18eb69a2009-06-22 20:37:23 +00006225 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
6226 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6227 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006228 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00006229 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00006230 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
6231 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
6232 }
Fariborz Jahanian24a175b2009-06-26 23:49:16 +00006233 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
6234 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
6235 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006236
Fariborz Jahanian41f79272009-06-25 21:45:19 +00006237 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6238 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
6239 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
6240 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
6241 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
6242 }
6243 }
Fariborz Jahanian49796cc72009-06-24 22:09:44 +00006244 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006245 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor4adbc6d2009-06-26 00:10:03 +00006246 // class templates.
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006247 if (!Function->getBody() &&
6248 Function->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6249 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
6250 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
6251 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
6252 = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
6253 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
6254 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
6255 else
6256 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
6257 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
6258 = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
6259 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
6260 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
6261 else
6262 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
6263 }
6264
6265 if (!AlreadyInstantiated)
6266 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
6267 }
6268
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006269 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006270 Function->setUsed(true);
6271 return;
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00006272 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006273
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006274 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006275 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006276 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00006277 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
6278 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
6279 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
6280 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
6281 MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
6282 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
6283 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
6284 }
6285 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006286
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006287 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006288
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006289 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00006290 return;
Sam Weinigbae69142009-09-11 03:29:30 +00006291 }
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006292}
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00006293
6294bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
6295 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
6296 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
6297 return false;
6298
6299 PartialDiagnostic Note =
6300 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
6301 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
6302 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();
6303
6304 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
6305 FD ?
6306 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
6307 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
6308 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
6309 << CE->getSourceRange(),
6310 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
6311 return true;
6312
6313 return false;
6314}
6315
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006316// Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses
6317// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
6318void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
6319 SourceLocation Loc;
6320
6321 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
6322 BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
6323 if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign)
6324 return;
6325
6326 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
6327 } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
6328 CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
6329 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal)
6330 return;
6331
6332 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
6333 } else {
6334 // Not an assignment.
6335 return;
6336 }
6337
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006338 SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
John McCalle724ae92009-10-12 22:25:59 +00006339 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00006340
6341 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_condition_is_assignment)
6342 << E->getSourceRange()
6343 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
6344 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
6345}
6346
6347bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) {
6348 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
6349
6350 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
6351 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
6352
6353 QualType T = E->getType();
6354
6355 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6356 if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4
6357 return true;
6358 } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
6359 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
6360 << T << E->getSourceRange();
6361 return true;
6362 }
6363 }
6364
6365 return false;
6366}